blob: 57db7cbfee876d6988db9fdd5ccadfe9a5df7255 [file] [log] [blame]
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Jun 22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200938You can add them to your .vimrc.
939
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200940To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200941 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
942<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200943To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200944 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
945<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
961
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000962BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000963
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200964The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000965for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
966are supported.
967
968Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
969in ones |.vimrc|: >
970 let baan_code_stds=1
971
972*baan-folding*
973
974Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
975mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
976source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
977
978To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
979 let baan_fold=1
980Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
981indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
982considered equal to a tab). >
983 let baan_fold_block=1
984Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000985SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
987 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000988Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000989the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
990.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
991 set foldminlines=5
992 set foldnestmax=6
993
994
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000995BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000996
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000997Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000998which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
999five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1000otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1001Basic.
1002
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001003If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1004example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1005 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1006
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001007
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001008C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001009
1010A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001011(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001012 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001013 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1014To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001016Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001018An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1019 :set filetype=cpp
1020
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001021Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001022*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1023*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001024*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1025*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001026*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1027*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1028*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001029 ...except { and } in first column
1030 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1031 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1033 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001034*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001035*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001036*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1037*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001038*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001039 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001040*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1041*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1042*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1043*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1044*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001045*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1046*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001047
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001048When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1049become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1050 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001051"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1052 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001053
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001054If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1055when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1056to a larger number: >
1057 :let c_minlines = 100
1058This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1059displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1060disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1061
1062When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1063works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1064you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1065
1066To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1067Example: >
1068 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1069 :function MyCadd()
1070 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1071 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1072 : hi link cMyItem Title
1073 :endfun
1074
1075ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1076"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1077not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1078highlighting: >
1079 :hi link cConstant NONE
1080
1081If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1082highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1083
1084If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001085in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001086~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001087 syn sync fromstart
1088 set foldmethod=syntax
1089
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001090CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001091
1092C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1093the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1094
1095By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1096of C or C++: >
1097 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1098
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001099
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001100CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101
1102Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1103that are available. Additionally there is:
1104
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1106chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1107chill_minlines like c_minlines
1108
1109
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001110CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001111
1112ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1113If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1114 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1115This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1116"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1117file).
1118
1119You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1120 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1121Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1122 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1123This works immediately.
1124
1125
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001126CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1127
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001128 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1129
1130Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1131but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1132|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1133syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001134>
1135 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001136 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1137 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001138 \ }
1139<
1140Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1141
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001142There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1143this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1144dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001145
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001146By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1147"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1148namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001150
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001151 *g:clojure_fold*
1152
1153Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1154list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1155the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1156
1157
1158 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1159
1160Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1161reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001162>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001163 #_(defn foo [x]
1164 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001165<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001166Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1167(e.g. `#_#_`).
1168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001170COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001171
1172COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1173development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1174versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1175add this line to your .vimrc: >
1176 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1177To disable it again, use this: >
1178 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1179
1180
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001181COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001182
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001183The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001184comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1185
1186 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1187
1188The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1189
1190
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001191CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1192
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001193Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001194
1195Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001196cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001197cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001198cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1199cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001200
1201
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001202CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203
1204This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1205used.
1206
1207Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1208symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1209between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001210"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1211>
1212 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213
1214For using tcsh: >
1215
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001216 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001217
1218Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1219tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001220will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001221"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1222variable.
1223
1224
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001225CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001226
1227Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001228hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001229or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001230normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001231line to your .vimrc file: >
1232
1233 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1234
1235Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1236
1237 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1238
1239To disable these again, use this: >
1240
1241 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1242 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1243<
1244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001245CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001246
1247Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1248doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1249startup vimrc: >
1250 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1251
1252
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001253DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1254
1255Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1256used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1257a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1258from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1259
1260More information about the language and its development environment at the
1261official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1262
1263dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1264type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1265and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1266framework.
1267
1268Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1269
1270https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1271
1272
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001273DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001274
1275Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001276according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001277https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1278To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1279 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1280Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1281To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1282 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1283g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001284
1285
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001286DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001287
1288The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1289there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1290
1291 :let diff_translations = 0
1292
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001293Also see |diff-slow|.
1294
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001295DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001296
1297The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1298provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1299the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1300versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1301uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1302line to your startup file: >
1303 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1304
1305
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001306DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001307DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1308DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001309
1310There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1311are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1312automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1313defaults to XML.
1314You can set the type manually: >
1315 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1316or: >
1317 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1318You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1319Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1320 :set filetype=docbksgml
1321or: >
1322 :set filetype=docbkxml
1323
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001324You can specify the DocBook version: >
1325 :let docbk_ver = 3
1326When not set 4 is used.
1327
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001328
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001329DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001330
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001331Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1332supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1333NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1334and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001335Select the version you want with the following line: >
1336
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001337 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001338
1339If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001340Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001341
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001342The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1343alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1344current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1345inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1346Stack Overflow -
1347
1348https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1349
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001350To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1351Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1352anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001353
1354 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1355
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001356If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1357block will be highlighted as an error.
1358
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001359There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001360"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1361is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001362
1363 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1364
1365If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1366
1367
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001368DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1369
1370Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001371(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1372idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001373
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001374There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1375explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1376Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001377 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1378or >
1379 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1380
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001381It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1382the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1383adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001384 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1385
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001386There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1387and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001388
1389Variable Default Effect ~
1390g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1391g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1392 doxygen comments.
1393
1394doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1395 and html_my_rendering underline.
1396
1397doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1398 colour highlighting.
1399
1400doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001401 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001402
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001403There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001404configuration.
1405
1406Highlight Effect ~
1407doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1408 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1409doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1410 \endlink from a \link section.
1411
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001412
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001413DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001414
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001415The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001416case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1417
1418 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1419
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001420The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001421this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1422
1423 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1424
1425before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1426Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1427'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1428Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1429highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001430delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001431
1432 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1433
1434The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1435
1436
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001437EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001438
1439While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001440syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1441highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001442highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1443
1444 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1445
1446Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1447
1448Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1449
1450 :let eiffel_strict=1
1451 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1452
1453Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1454five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1455"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1456
1457Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1458guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1459lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1460
1461If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1462"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1463
1464 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1465
1466instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1467
1468Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1469experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1470
1471 :let eiffel_ise=1
1472
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001473Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001474
1475 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1476
1477to your startup file.
1478
1479
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001480EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1481
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001482Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001483version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001484Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1485
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001486Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1487still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1488Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001489
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001490The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1491
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001492 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1493 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1494
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001495To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001496auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1497add the following line to your startup file: >
1498
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001499 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001500
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001501< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001502
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001503 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1504
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001505Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001506specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1507file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1508filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1509Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001510
1511
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001512ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001513
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001514Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001515the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001516
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001517The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1518put the following line in your vimrc: >
1519
1520 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1521
1522To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1523
1524 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001525
1526
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001527ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1528
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001529Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1530maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001531
1532The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1533
1534 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1535
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001536Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001537specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1538file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1539filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1540Elixir.
1541
1542
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001543FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1544
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001545FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1546http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001547NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001548development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001549
1550Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1551syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1552editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1553start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1554'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1555(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1556and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1557
1558If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1559move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1560 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1561
1562
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001563FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001564
1565The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1566modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001567following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001568J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1569
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001570If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001571redefine the following syntax groups:
1572
1573 - formConditional
1574 - formNumber
1575 - formStatement
1576 - formHeaderStatement
1577 - formComment
1578 - formPreProc
1579 - formDirective
1580 - formType
1581 - formString
1582
1583Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1584directives per default in the same syntax group.
1585
1586A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001587header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001588this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1589
1590 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1591
1592The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001593gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001594conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1595
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001596Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1597should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1598the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1599
1600If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1601example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1602 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1603
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001604
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001605FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1606
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001607Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1608be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1609edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1610 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001611 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1612
1613
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001614FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001615
1616Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001617Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1618choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16192023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
162090, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1621respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001622items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001623
1624The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1625fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1626the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001627
1628Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001629Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1631
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001632When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001633form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001634 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001635in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1636source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001637 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1638in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1639
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001640If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1641extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1642file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1643will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1644on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001645
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001646When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001647source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001648fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1649neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001650determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1651using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1652compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001653free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1654different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1655script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1656no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1657fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1658In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1659the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1660happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1661columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1662file.
1663
1664Vendor extensions ~
1665Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1666script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1667created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1668characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1669with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001670 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001671placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1672
1673If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1674set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1675 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1676placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1677
1678To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1679intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1680command such as >
1681 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1682placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001683
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001684Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001685Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001686fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001687Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001688using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001689variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1690 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001691placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001692mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1693
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001694Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001695Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1696fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001697 :let fortran_fold=1
1698to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1699is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001700subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1701units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1702constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1703fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001704 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001705then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001706select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1707be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001708
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001709The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1710comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1711non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1712or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001713items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001714
1715Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001716Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1717strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001718because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1719
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001720For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001721|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001722
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001723FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1724
1725FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1726dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1727for how to select the correct dialect.
1728
1729Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1730
1731Variable Highlight ~
1732*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1733*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1734*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1735*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1736
1737
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001739FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001740
1741In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1742the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1743appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1744patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1745number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1746
1747For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1748as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1749
1750 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1751 \ set filetype=fvwm
1752
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001753GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001754
1755The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1756the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1757is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1758are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1759
1760 htmlString
1761 htmlValue
1762 htmlEndTag
1763 htmlTag
1764 htmlTagN
1765
1766Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1767java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1768group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1769correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1770to the contains clause.
1771
1772The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1773group to make them easier to see.
1774
1775
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001776GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001777
1778The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001779under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001780of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1781filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1782(see |filetype.txt|).
1783
1784
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001785HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001786
1787The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001788Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001789syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1790
1791If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1792light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1793 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1794To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1795add: >
1796 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1797To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1798 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1799And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1800 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1801If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1802your .vimrc: >
1803 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1804
1805The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1806directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001807directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1808operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001809as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1810 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1811
1812The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1813automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1814TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001815or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816in your .vimrc >
1817 :let lhs_markup = none
1818for no highlighting at all, or >
1819 :let lhs_markup = tex
1820to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1821For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1822this variable, so e.g. >
1823 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001824will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001825set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1826loading a file.
1827
1828
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001829HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001830
1831The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1832
1833The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1834This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001835closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1836are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001837
1838Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1839names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1840makes it easy to spot errors
1841
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001842Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001843names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1844
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001845Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001846are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1847text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1848while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001849only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001850<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001851
1852If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1853following syntax groups:
1854
1855 - htmlBold
1856 - htmlBoldUnderline
1857 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1858 - htmlUnderline
1859 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1860 - htmlItalic
1861 - htmlTitle for titles
1862 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1863
1864To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1865of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1866following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1867are read during initialization) >
1868 :let html_my_rendering=1
1869
1870If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1871http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1872
1873You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1874vimrc file: >
1875 :let html_no_rendering=1
1876
1877HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1878details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1879However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001880ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001881 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1882
1883JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1884'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001885programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1886currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001887
1888Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1889
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001890There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1891written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1893(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001894>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1896 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1897
1898Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1899the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1900
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001901 *html-folding*
1902The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1903and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1904
1905 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1906 :set foldmethod=syntax
1907
1908Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1909especially for large files.
1910
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001911
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001912HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001913
1914The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1915
1916Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1917doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1918this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1919different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1920 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1921
1922Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1923
1924Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1925signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1926a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1927 :set syntax=htmlos
1928
1929Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1930block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1931
1932
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001933IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001934
1935Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1936how to recognize this filetype.
1937
1938To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1939 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1940
1941
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001942INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001943
1944Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1945most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1946to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1947 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1948
1949By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1950and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1951you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1952need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1953 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1954
1955This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1956set of highlighted system functions.
1957
1958The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1959it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1960by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1961startup sequence: >
1962 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1963
1964By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1965version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1966Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1967startup sequence: >
1968 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1969
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001970IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1971
1972IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1973Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1974
1975IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1976rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001977repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001978
1979There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1980are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1981
1982The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1983
1984Variable Effect ~
1985
1986idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1987 extensions
1988idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1989idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1990 quite helpful)
1991idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1992
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001993
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001994JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001995
1996The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1997
1998In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1999flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002000classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2001old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002002 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2003
2004All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2005highlight them use: >
2006 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2007
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002008You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002009download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2010If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2011use the following: >
2012 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2013Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2014
2015Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002016how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002017headers of function declarations:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002018
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002019If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
2020a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002021 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002022 :let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
2023 :let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
2024 :let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
2025 :let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
2026 :let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
2027 :let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
2028 :let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
2029 :let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
2030Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002032supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is any
2033amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002034 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002035In addition, you can combine any value of "java_highlight_functions" with >
2036 :let java_highlight_signature=1
2037to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2038highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2039to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2040distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2041
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002042If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2043function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2044or compose new ones.
2045
2046Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2047down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2048conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
2049 :let java_highlight_generics=1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002050
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002051In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002052only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002053statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002054your startup file: >
2055 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2056The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002057characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002058new highlightings for the following groups.:
2059 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2060which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002061strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002062have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002063
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002064Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2065creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2066similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2067and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002068 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2069 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2070 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2071 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2072 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002073 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002074 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2075To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2076 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2077
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002078If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2079can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2080scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2081actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2082CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002083 :let java_javascript=1
2084 :let java_css=1
2085 :let java_vb=1
2086
2087In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2088for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2089 :hi link javaParen Comment
2090or >
2091 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2092
2093If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2094when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2095to a larger number: >
2096 :let java_minlines = 50
2097This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2098displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2099number is that redrawing can become slow.
2100
2101
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002102JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2103
2104The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2105default. To disable concealment: >
2106 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2107
2108To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2109 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2110
2111
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002112JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2113
2114To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2115 hi link jqNumber Normal
2116
2117If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2118 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2119
2120
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002121LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002122
2123Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2124style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2125define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2126 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2127
2128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002129LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002130
2131Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2132gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2133 :syn sync minlines=300
2134may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2135difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2136
2137
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002138LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2139
2140To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2141
2142 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2143<
2144
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002145LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2146
2147The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2148
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002149 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002150 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2151 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002152 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002153 of parenthesization will receive different
2154 highlighting.
2155<
2156The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2157the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2158colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2159specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002160usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002161highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2162
2163
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002164LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002165
2166There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2167
2168If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2169
2170 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2171
2172For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2173set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2174
2175 :let lite_minlines = 200
2176
2177
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002178LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002180LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2182users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2183should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2184
2185 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2186
2187If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002188modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002189
2190 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2191
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002192For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002193
2194 // vim:set ft=c:
2195
2196If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2197
2198There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002199used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002200and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002201assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002202you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2203
2204 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2205
2206For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2207
2208 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2209
2210For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2211
2212 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2213
2214For uLPC series of LPC:
2215uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2216instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2217
2218
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002219LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002220
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002221The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002222the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2223lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022245.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002225
2226 :let lua_version = 5
2227 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002228
2229
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002230MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002231
2232Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002233quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2235whitespaces and end with a newline.
2236
2237Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002238as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002239only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2240
2241By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002242displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002243with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2244
2245 :let mail_minlines = 30
2246
2247
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002248MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002249
2250In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2251errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2252feature off by using: >
2253
2254 :let make_no_commands = 1
2255
2256
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002257MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002258
2259Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2260supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2261The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2262highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2263
2264 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2265
2266to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2267choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22681, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2269$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2270
2271 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2272 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2273 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2274 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2275 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2276 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2277 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2278 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2279 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2280
2281
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002282MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2283
2284If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2285slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002286the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002287
2288 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2289
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002290If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2291documents you can enable like this: >
2292
2293 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2294
2295To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2296
2297 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2298
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002299
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002300MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002301
2302Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2303have the following in your .vimrc: >
2304
2305 let filetype_m = "mma"
2306
2307
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002308MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2309
2310Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2311dialect.
2312
2313The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2314
2315 taggedComment :=
2316 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2317 ;
2318
2319 dialectTag :=
2320 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2321 ;
2322
2323 reserved words
2324 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2325
2326A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2327lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2328additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2329
2330Example: >
2331
2332 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2333 ...
2334
2335Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2336dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2337defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2338
2339Example: >
2340
2341 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2342
2343
2344Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2345variables.
2346
2347Variable Highlight ~
2348*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2349*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2350*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2351
2352*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2353*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2354*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2355
2356*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2357
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002358MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002359
2360If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2361highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2362comments: >
2363
2364 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2365
2366To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2367
2368 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2369
2370To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2371'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2372
2373 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2374
2375Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2376
2377 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2378
2379To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2380
2381 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2382
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002383Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002384use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2385To enable this option: >
2386
2387 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2388
2389An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2390
2391 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2392
2393
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002394MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002395
2396There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2397
2398If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2399
2400 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2401
2402For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2403set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2404
2405 :let msql_minlines = 200
2406
2407
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002408N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2409
2410N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2411Couchbase Server databases.
2412
2413Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2414and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2415many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2416
2417
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002418NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002419
2420There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2421
2422If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2423errors, use this: >
2424
2425 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2426
2427If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2428
2429
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002430NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002431
2432The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2433activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2434can use them.
2435
2436For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002437processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002438features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2439|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002440
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002441 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002442
2443Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2444Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2445there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002446you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002447can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2448native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2449\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2450accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2451environments.
2452
2453In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2454follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2455
24561. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2457
24582. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2459 exclamation mark, etc.
2460
24613. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2462 carriage return.
2463
2464The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2465algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2466
2467Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2468furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2469vertical space input will be output as is.
2470
2471Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2472than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2473practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002474marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002475need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002476spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2477
2478 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2479
2480Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2481with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2482highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002483"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002484
2485 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2486 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2487 \ gui=reverse,bold
2488
2489If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2490with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2491file: >
2492
2493 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2494
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002495As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002496paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2497
2498Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2499groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2500
2501
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002502OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002503
2504The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2505.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2506
2507 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2508
2509you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2510by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2511
2512 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2513
2514prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2515contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2516
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002517PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2518
2519By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2520Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
2521To do so, set the following: >
2522
2523 :let g:markdown_md = 'pandoc'
2524
2525The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2526
2527 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2528
2529To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2530
2531 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2532
2533This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2534
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002535 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002536 - image
2537 - block
2538 - subscript
2539 - superscript
2540 - strikeout
2541 - atx
2542 - codeblock_start
2543 - codeblock_delim
2544 - footnote
2545 - definition
2546 - list
2547 - newline
2548 - dashes
2549 - ellipses
2550 - quotes
2551 - inlinecode
2552 - inlinemath
2553
2554You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2555footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2556
2557 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2558
2559To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2560
2561 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2562
2563Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2564Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2565and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2566
2567 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2568
2569Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2570specified. Default = 1 >
2571
2572 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2573
2574For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2575list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2576can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2577
2578 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2579
2580To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2581
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002582 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002583
2584"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2585you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2586
2587To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2588
2589 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2590
2591Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2592Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2593
2594 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2595
2596The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2597
2598 :PandocHighlight LANG
2599
2600Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2601syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2602
2603 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2604
2605Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002606
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002607PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002608
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002609The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002610and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002611as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2612sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002613you set the variable: >
2614
2615 :let papp_include_html=1
2616
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002617in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002618sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002619edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002620
2621The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2622http://papp.plan9.de.
2623
2624
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002625PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002626
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002627Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2628could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2629or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002630
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002631 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2632 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002633
2634The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2635provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002636Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002637enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2638following line to your startup file: >
2639
2640 :let pascal_traditional=1
2641
2642To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2643keywords, etc): >
2644
2645 :let pascal_delphi=1
2646
2647
2648The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2649*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2650operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2651
2652 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2653
2654Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2655
2656 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2657
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002658Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002659pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2660match Turbo Pascal. >
2661
2662 :let pascal_gpc=1
2663
2664or >
2665
2666 :let pascal_fpc=1
2667
2668To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2669pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2670
2671 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2672
2673If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2674will be highlighted as Error. >
2675
2676 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2677
2678
2679
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002680PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002681
2682There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2683
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002684Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2685to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2686files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002688 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002690To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002691off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002692
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002693To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2694from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002695
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002696 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002697
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002698(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2699enabled it.)
2700
2701If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2702
2703 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2704
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002705(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002706
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002707The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2708be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002709perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2710
2711 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2712 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2713 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2714
2715(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2716
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002717The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002718synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2719If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002720then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2721you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002722
2723One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2724
2725 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2726 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2727
2728Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2729its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2730
2731 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2732
2733If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2734
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002735 :let perl_fold = 1
2736
2737If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2738
2739 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002740
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002741Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2742this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002743
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002744 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002745
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002746Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2747via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002748
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002749 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2750
2751Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2752behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2753
2754 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002755
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002756PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002757
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002758[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002759it has been renamed to "php"]
2760
2761There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2762
2763If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2764
2765 let php_sql_query = 1
2766
2767For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2768
2769 let php_baselib = 1
2770
2771Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2772
2773 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2774
2775Using the old colorstyle: >
2776
2777 let php_oldStyle = 1
2778
2779Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2780
2781 let php_asp_tags = 1
2782
2783Disable short tags: >
2784
2785 let php_noShortTags = 1
2786
2787For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2788
2789 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2790
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002791For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002792one: >
2793
2794 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2795
2796Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2797
2798 let php_folding = 1
2799
2800Selecting syncing method: >
2801
2802 let php_sync_method = x
2803
2804x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2805x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2806x = 0 to sync from start.
2807
2808
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002809PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2810
2811TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2812variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002813see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002814
2815This syntax file has the option >
2816
2817 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2818
2819if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2820
2821
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002822PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002823
2824PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2825
2826This syntax file has the options:
2827
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002828- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002829 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002830
2831 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002832 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002833
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002834 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002835 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002836 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002837
2838 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2839
2840- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2841 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2842
2843
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002844PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002845
2846There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2847
2848If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2849
2850 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2851
2852For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2853set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2854
2855 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2856
2857
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002858POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002859
2860There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2861
2862First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2863currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2864and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2865Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2866extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2867level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2868highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2869
2870 :let postscr_level=2
2871
2872If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2873the most prevalent version currently.
2874
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002875Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002876particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2877PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2878
2879If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2880Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2881follows: >
2882
2883 :let postscr_display=1
2884
2885If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2886Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2887postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2888
2889 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2890
2891PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2892useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2893cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2894character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2895explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2896highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2897
2898 :let postscr_fonts=1
2899 :let postscr_encodings=1
2900
2901There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2902PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2903operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2904if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2905operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2906or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2907highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2908postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2909
2910 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2911<
2912
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002913 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2914PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002915
2916This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2917
2918In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2919the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2920appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2921patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2922"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2923
2924For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2925files, add the following: >
2926
2927 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2928 \ set filetype=ptcap
2929
2930If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2931are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2932internal variable to a larger number: >
2933
2934 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2935
2936(The default is 20 lines.)
2937
2938
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002939PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002940
2941Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2942doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2943startup vimrc: >
2944 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2945The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2946Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2947 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2948 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2949
2950
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002951PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002952
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002953There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002954
2955For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002956 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002957
2958For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002959 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002960
2961For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002962 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2963
2964For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2965 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2966or >
2967 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002968The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002969
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002970For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002971 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002972
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002973If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002974 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002975This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2976unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002977
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002978If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2979you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002980Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2981 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002982This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2983
2984Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2985 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2986
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002988QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002990The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2991based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2992between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2993definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2994to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2995be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002996
2997set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2998 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2999
3000set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3001 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3002
3003set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3004 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3005
3006Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3007commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3008
3009
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003010R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3011
3012The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3013can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3014 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3015
3016You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3017 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3018
3019enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3020braces: >
3021 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3022
3023and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3024 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3025
3026
3027R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3028
3029To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3030 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3031
3032To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3033 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3034
3035To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3036 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3037
3038By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003039language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3040highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3041is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3042behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3043and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3044 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3045 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3046 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3047 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3048 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3049
3050If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3051list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3052the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003053 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3054
3055
3056R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3057
3058To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3059 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3060
3061
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003062RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3063
3064Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003065rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003066inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3067as rasi files: .rasi.
3068
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003069READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003070
3071The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003072few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003073items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3074command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3075 let readline_has_bash = 1
3076
3077This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3078later, and part earlier) adds.
3079
3080
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003081REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3082
3083Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3084language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3085the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3086
3087
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003088RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3089
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003090Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3091select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3092syntax list.
3093
3094To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003095 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003096
3097To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3098`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3099 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003100 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3101 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003102 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003103 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003104
3105To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3106 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3107
3108To enable folding of sections: >
3109 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3110
3111Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3112
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003113
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003114REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115
3116If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3117when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3118to a larger number: >
3119 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3120This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3121displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3122number is that redrawing can become slow.
3123
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003124Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3125comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3126your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3127>
3128 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3129
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003131RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003132
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003133 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3134 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3135 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3136 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3137 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3138
3139 *ruby_operators*
3140 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3141
3142Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3143
3144 :let ruby_operators = 1
3145<
3146 *ruby_space_errors*
3147 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3148
3149Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3150
3151 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3152<
3153This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3154as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3155"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3156spaces respectively.
3157
3158 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3159 Ruby: Folding ~
3160
3161Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3162
3163 :let ruby_fold = 1
3164<
3165This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3166buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3167filetypes.
3168
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003169Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3170"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3171
3172You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3173
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003174 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003175<
3176The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3177
3178 keyword meaning ~
3179 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3180 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3181 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003182 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003183 def "def" block
3184 class "class" block
3185 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003186 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003187 begin "begin" block
3188 case "case" block
3189 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003190 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3191 [ Array literal
3192 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3193 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003194 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003195 : Symbol
3196 # Multiline comment
3197 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003198 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3199
3200 *ruby_no_expensive*
3201 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003202
3203By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003204of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003205experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3206you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003207
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003208 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003209<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003210In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3211
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003212 *ruby_minlines*
3213
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003214If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3215scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3216the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003217
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003218 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003219<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003220Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3221largest class or module.
3222
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003223 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3224 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003225
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003226Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3227"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003228
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003229 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003230<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003231
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003232SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003233
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003234By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003235
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003236scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3237Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003238
3239
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003240SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003241
3242The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3243of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3244
3245The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3246case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003247used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003248highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3249 :let sdl_2000=1
3250
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003251This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003252keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3253 :let SDL_no_96=1
3254
3255
3256The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3257satisfied with it for my own projects.
3258
3259
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003260SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003261
3262To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003263highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003264
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003265 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3266<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003267in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3268inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3269by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3270also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3271you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3272
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003273GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3274comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3275comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3276
3277 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3278<
3279Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3280not (yet) affected by this setting.
3281
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003282Bugs:
3283
3284 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3285 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3286 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3287 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3288 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3289 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3290
3291
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003292SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003293
3294The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3295
3296The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3297This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3298closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3299defined for you)
3300
3301Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3302names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3303
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003304Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003305names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3306
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003307Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003308are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3309text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3310<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3311
3312If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3313following syntax groups:
3314
3315 - sgmlBold
3316 - sgmlBoldItalic
3317 - sgmlUnderline
3318 - sgmlItalic
3319 - sgmlLink for links
3320
3321To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3322following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3323are read during initialization) >
3324 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3325
3326You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3327vimrc file: >
3328 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3329
3330(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3331
3332
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003333 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003334SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003335
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003336This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3337shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003338
3339Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003340various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003341
3342 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3343 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3344<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003345See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3346cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3347/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3348that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3349shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3350symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003351
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003352One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003353variables in your <.vimrc>:
3354
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003355 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003356 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003357< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003358 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003359< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003360 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003361< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003362 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003363
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003364< (dash users should use posix)
3365
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003366If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3367default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003368the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3369statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003370sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003371
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003372The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3373
3374 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3375 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3376 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3377 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003378>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003379then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003380syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3381to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003382
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003383 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3384
3385If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3386when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003387to a larger number. Example: >
3388
3389 let sh_minlines = 500
3390
3391This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3392displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3393number is that redrawing can become slow.
3394
3395If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3396reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3397
3398 let sh_maxlines = 100
3399<
3400The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3401speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3402
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003403syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003404unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003405for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3406the following line in your .vimrc: >
3407
3408 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3409<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003410
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003411 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3412 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003413
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003414You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3415Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3416file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3417
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003418 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003419 " ==============
3420 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3421 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3422 unlet b:current_syntax
3423 endif
3424 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3425 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3426 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3427 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3428 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3429<
3430This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3431 awk '...awk code here...'
3432be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3433extended to other languages.
3434
3435
3436SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3437(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003438
3439The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3440
3441- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3442 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3443 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3444
3445- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3446 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003447 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003448 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3449 them in the syntax file.
3450
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003451- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003452 highlighting of # style comments.
3453
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003454 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003455 number of #s.
3456
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003457 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003458 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003459
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003460 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003461 more than one #.
3462
3463Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003464PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003465fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3466the syntax file.
3467
3468
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003469SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3470 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003471 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003472
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003473While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3474custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3475SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003476
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003477Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3478scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3479supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3480buffer by buffer basis.
3481
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003482For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003483
3484
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003485SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3486
3487Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3488designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3489bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3490with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3491
3492
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003493TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003494
3495This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3496for how the filetype is detected.
3497
3498Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003499is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3500add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003501
3502 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3503
3504If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3505when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3506to a larger number: >
3507
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003508 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003509
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003510This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3511displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3512synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3513tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3514redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003515
3516
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003517TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003518 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003519
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003520 Tex Contents~
3521 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3522 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3523 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3524 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3525 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3526 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3527 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3528 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3529 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3530 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3531 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3532 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3533 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003534 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003535 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003536
3537 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003538 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003539
3540As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3541sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3542 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3543in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3544modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3545 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003546If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003547 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003548<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003549 *g:tex_nospell*
3550 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3551
3552If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3553 let g:tex_nospell=1
3554into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3555comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3556
3557 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003558 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003559
3560Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3561prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3562this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3563 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003564If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3565see |g:tex_nospell|.
3566
3567 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003568 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003569
3570Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3571one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3572want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3573 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003574<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003575 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003576 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003577
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003578The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3579highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3580texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3581terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3582as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003583special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3584 %stopzone
3585which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3586texMathZone.
3587
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003588 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003589 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003590
3591If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3592 :syn sync maxlines=200
3593 :syn sync minlines=50
3594(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003595increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003596if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3597
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003598Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3599|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3600
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003601 *g:tex_fast*
3602
3603Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3604
3605 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3606
3607in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3608highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3609synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3610price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3611folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3612
3613You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3614selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3615
3616 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3617 c : allow texComment syntax
3618 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3619 M : allow texMath syntax
3620 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3621 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3622 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3623 S : allow texStyle syntax
3624 v : allow verbatim syntax
3625 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3626<
3627As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3628but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003629(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003630
3631 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003632 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003633
3634LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3635of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3636package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3637it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3638techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003639by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3640which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3641http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003642
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003643I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3644
3645 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3646<
3647The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3648
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003649 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003650 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003651
3652The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3653although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3654errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3655you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003656 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003657and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003658
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003659 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003660 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003661
3662If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3663code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003664 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3665You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3666(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3667As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3668 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3669You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3670and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3671The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3672has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003673
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003674 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003675 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003676
3677One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3678commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3679following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3680such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3681
3682 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3683 :set ft=tex
3684
3685Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3686always accept such use of @.
3687
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003688 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003689 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003690
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003691If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3692number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3693including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3694superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3695superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3696In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3697
3698One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3699with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003700
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003701 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003702 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3703
3704You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003705<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3706for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003707
3708 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003709 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003710 d = delimiters
3711 m = math symbols
3712 g = Greek
3713 s = superscripts/subscripts
3714<
3715By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3716substitution will not be made.
3717
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003718 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3719 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3720
3721Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3722keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3723syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3724
3725 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3726 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3727 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003728 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003729 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3730 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3731 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003732 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003733
3734 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3735 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3736
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003737 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3738 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3739
3740 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3741
3742 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3743 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3744
3745 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3746 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3747 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3748 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3749
3750 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3751 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3752<
3753 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3754 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3755 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3756< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3757 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3758
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003759 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3760 Tex: Match Check Control~
3761
3762 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003763 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3764 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003765 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3766 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3767 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3768< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3769 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3770 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3771< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3772 regions, >
3773 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3774< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003775
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003776TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003777
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003778There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3779
3780For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3781set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3782
3783 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3784<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003785TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3786 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3787
3788There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3789
3790 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3791When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3792are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3793
3794 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3795<
3796The default value is 1.
3797
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003798VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3799 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003800There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003801updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3802g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3803improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003804
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003805 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3806 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3807<
3808 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3809 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003810
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003811 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3812The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3813embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003814
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003815 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003816 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3817 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3818 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3819 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3820 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3821 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003822<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003823By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003824itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003825types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3826mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003827 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003828Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003829
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003830 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3831 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3832 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003833 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3834 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003835 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3836 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3837 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3838 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3839 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3840 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003841<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003842
3843By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003844to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
3845g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003846
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003847 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
3848By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
3849setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
3850
3851 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003852Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3853is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003854highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003855
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003856 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3857<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003858
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003859
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003860WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3861
3862The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3863with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3864bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3865https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3866
3867
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003868XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003869
3870The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3871variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3872You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3873xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3874your .vimrc. Example: >
3875 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3876When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3877
3878Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3879"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3880highlighted.
3881
3882
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003883XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003884
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003885Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003886setting a global variable: >
3887
3888 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3889<
3890 *xml-folding*
3891The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003892start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003893
3894 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3895 :set foldmethod=syntax
3896
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003897Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003898especially for large files.
3899
3900
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003901X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003902
3903xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3904XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3905you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3906
3907To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3908somewhere else with "P".
3909
3910Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3911 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003912 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003913 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003914 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3915 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003916 :endfunction
3917 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3918 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3919This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3920It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3921must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3922
3923It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3924 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3925
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003926
3927YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3928
3929 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003930A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3931non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3932plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3933and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3934integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003935will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3936
3937Schema Description ~
3938failsafe No additional highlighting.
3939json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3940core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003941pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3942 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3943 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003944 schema.
3945
3946Default schema is `core`.
3947
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003948Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3949only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003950difference defined in the syntax file.
3951
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003952
3953ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3954
3955The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3956
3957 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3958
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003959==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010039606. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003961
3962Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3963
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039641. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003965 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3966 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3967 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3968 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3969 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3970 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003971
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039722. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003973 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3974
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039753. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003976 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3977 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3978 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3979
3980Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3981you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3982to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3983and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3984"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3985one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3986This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3987each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3988for a lot of groups.
3989
3990Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3991group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3992for the syntax group with the same name.
3993
3994In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3995defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3996using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3997match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3998keyword with ignoring case.
3999
4000
4001PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4002
4003When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4004
40051. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4006 defined last has priority.
40072. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
40083. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4009 start in later positions.
4010
4011
4012DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4013
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004014:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004015 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4016 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4017 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4018 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4019
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004020:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004021 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004022
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004023
4024DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4025
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004026:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4027:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004028 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4029 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4030
4031 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4032 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4033
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004034 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004035 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4036 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4037 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4038
4039:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004040 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4041 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004042
4043 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4044
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004045SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4046
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004047:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4048:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4049:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004050 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4051 in a syntax item:
4052
4053 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4054 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4055 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4056
4057 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4058 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4059 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4060
4061 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4062
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004063:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004064 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4065 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004066
4067
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004068SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4069
4070:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4071 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4072 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4073
4074 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4075 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004076 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004077
4078 Example: >
4079 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4080<
4081 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4082 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4083 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4084
4085 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4086
4087 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004088 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004089 match.
4090
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004091 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4092 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004093 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004094
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004095DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4096
4097:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4098
4099 This defines a number of keywords.
4100
4101 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4102 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4103 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4104
4105 Example: >
4106 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4107<
4108 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4109 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4110 These examples do exactly the same: >
4111 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4112 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4113 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004114< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004115 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4116 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4117 variations at once: >
4118 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4119<
4120 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4121 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4122 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4123 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4124 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004125 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004126
4127 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4128 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4129 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4130
4131 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4132 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4133 instead.
4134
4135 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4136
4137 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4138 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4139 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004140 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004141 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4142 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4143< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4144 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4145 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4146
4147
4148DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4149
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004150:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4151 [excludenl]
4152 [keepend]
4153 {pattern}
4154 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004155
4156 This defines one match.
4157
4158 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4159 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4160 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4161 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4162 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004163 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4164 match with the end pattern. See
4165 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004166 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4167 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4168 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4169 line, which makes the match depend on where
4170 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4171 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4172
4173 Example (match a character constant): >
4174 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4175<
4176
4177DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4178 *E398* *E399*
4179:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4180 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4181 [keepend]
4182 [extend]
4183 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004184 start={start-pattern} ..
4185 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4186 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004187 [{options}]
4188
4189 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4190
4191 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4192 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4193 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4194 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4195 for the text in between the matched start and
4196 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4197 a different group for the start or end match.
4198 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4199 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4200 match with the end pattern. See
4201 |:syn-keepend|.
4202 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004203 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004204 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4205 extend a containing match or item. Only
4206 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4207 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004208 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004209 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004210 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004211 the region where not to look for the end
4212 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004213 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004214 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4215
4216 Example: >
4217 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4218<
4219 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4220 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4221 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4222 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4223 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4224 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4225
4226 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4227 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4228 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4229 the end patterns.
4230
4231 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4232 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4233 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4234
4235 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4236 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4237 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4238 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4239
4240 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4241 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4242 work: >
4243 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4244 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4245< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4246 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4247 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4248 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4249 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4250< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4251 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4252
4253 *:syn-keepend*
4254 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4255 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4256 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4257 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4258 { starts outer "{}" region
4259 { starts contained "{}" region
4260 } ends contained "{}" region
4261 } ends outer "{} region
4262 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4263 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4264 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4265 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4266 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4267 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4268 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4269< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4270 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4271
4272 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4273 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4274 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4275 contained matches.
4276 *:syn-extend*
4277 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4278 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4279 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4280 extended.
4281 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4282 others don't. Example: >
4283
4284 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4285 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4286 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4287
4288< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4289 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4290 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4291
4292 Another example: >
4293 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4294< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4295 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4296 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4297 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4298 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4299
4300 *:syn-excludenl*
4301 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4302 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4303 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4304 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4305 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4306 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4307 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4308 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4309 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4310 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4311 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4312 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4313 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4314
4315 *:syn-matchgroup*
4316 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4317 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4318 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4319< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4320 between with the "String" group.
4321 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4322 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4323 using a matchgroup.
4324
4325 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4326 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4327 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4328 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4329 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4330
4331 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4332 different colors: >
4333 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4334 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4335 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4336 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4337 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4338 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004339<
4340 *E849*
4341The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004342
4343==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043447. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004345
4346The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4347The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4348and may be mixed with patterns.
4349
4350Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4351can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004352 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004353 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4354:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4355:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4356:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004357
4358These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004359 conceal
4360 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004361 contained
4362 containedin
4363 nextgroup
4364 transparent
4365 skipwhite
4366 skipnl
4367 skipempty
4368
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004369conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4370
4371When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004372Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004373'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4374concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4375edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004376
4377Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4378bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004379
4380concealends *:syn-concealends*
4381
4382When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4383the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4384Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4385'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004386in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4387|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4388items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004389
4390cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004391 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004392The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4393when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4394argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004395character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4396a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004397 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004398See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004399
4400contained *:syn-contained*
4401
4402When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4403the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4404another match. Example: >
4405 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4406 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4407
4408
4409display *:syn-display*
4410
4411If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4412detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4413by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4414to be displayed.
4415
4416Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4417conditions:
4418- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4419 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4420 line.
4421- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4422 make it continue on the next line.
4423- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4424 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4425 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4426- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4427 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4428 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4429 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4430
4431Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4432- match with a number
4433- match with a label
4434
4435
4436transparent *:syn-transparent*
4437
4438If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4439itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4440is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4441only to skip over a part of the text.
4442
4443The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4444unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4445avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4446highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4447 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4448 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4449 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4450 :hi link myString String
4451 :hi link myWord Comment
4452Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4453match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4454argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4455it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4456out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004457"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004458happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4459position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4460
4461When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4462items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4463see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4464through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4465
4466 look from here
4467
4468 | | | | | |
4469 V V V V V V
4470
4471 xxxx yyy more contained items
4472 .................... contained item (transparent)
4473 ============================= first item
4474
4475The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4476transparent group.
4477
4478What you see is:
4479
4480 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4481
4482Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4483
4484
4485oneline *:syn-oneline*
4486
4487The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4488boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4489region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4490the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4491continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4492line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4493
4494When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4495pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4496end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4497means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4498be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4499line break.
4500
4501
4502fold *:syn-fold*
4503
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004504The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004505Example: >
4506 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4507 :syn sync fromstart
4508 :set foldmethod=syntax
4509This will make each {} block form one fold.
4510
4511The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4512ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4513The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004514See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4515from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004516{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4517
4518
4519 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004520contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004521
4522The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4523groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4524containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4525regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4526this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4527here.
4528
4529contains=ALL
4530 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4531 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4532
4533contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4534 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4535 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4536 are listed. Example: >
4537 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4538
4539contains=TOP
4540 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4541 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4542 argument.
4543contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4544 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4545
4546contains=CONTAINED
4547 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4548 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4549 argument.
4550contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4551 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4552 listed.
4553
4554
4555The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4556that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4557The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4558 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4559The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4560that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4561command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4562syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4563the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4564group names.
4565
4566The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4567region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4568|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4569region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4570area that is highlighted
4571
4572
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004573containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004574
4575The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4576item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4577containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4578
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004579The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004580
4581This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4582be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4583of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4584the C syntax: >
4585 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4586Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4587level.
4588
4589Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4590appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4591keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4592work.
4593
4594
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004595nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004596
4597The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4598separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4599
4600If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4601tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4602a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4603will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4604current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4605other groups. Example: >
4606 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4607 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4608 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4609
4610This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4611"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4612highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4613
4614 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4615 fff bbb fff bbb
4616
4617Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4618when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4619highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4620would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4621
4622
4623skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4624skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4625skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4626
4627These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4628used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004629 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004630 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4631 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4632
4633When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4634next group that matches the white space.
4635
4636When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4637line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4638line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4639the current item in the same line.
4640
4641When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4642groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4643for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4644space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4645
4646Example: >
4647 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4648 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4649 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4650Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4651match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4652precedence.
4653Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4654"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4655example).
4656
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004657IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4658
4659:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4660 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4661 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4662 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4663 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4664 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4665 given explicitly.
4666
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004667:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004668 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004669
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004670==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046718. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004672
4673In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4674characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4675use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4676use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4677 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4678 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4679
4680See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004681always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004682value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4683not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4684independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4685
4686Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4687This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4688
4689 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4690The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4691change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4692match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4693are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4694pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4695
4696The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4697The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4698
4699ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4700me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4701hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4702he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4703rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4704re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4705lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4706
4707The {offset} can be:
4708
4709s start of the matched pattern
4710s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4711s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4712e end of the matched pattern
4713e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4714e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004715{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004716
4717Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4718
4719Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4720meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4721
4722 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4723match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4724region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4725region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4726region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4727
4728Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4729 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4730<
4731 some "string" text
4732 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4733
4734Notes:
4735- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4736 offset(s).
4737- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4738- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4739 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004740- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004741 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004742 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004743- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4744 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4745 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4746
4747Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4748 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4749<
4750 /* this is a comment */
4751 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4752
4753A more complicated Example: >
4754 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4755<
4756 abcfoostringbarabc
4757 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004758 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004759
4760Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4761
4762Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4763with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004764in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004765
4766The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4767be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4768cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4769characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4770used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4771specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4772
4773 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4774 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4775 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4776<
4777 ___zzzz ___wwww
4778 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4779 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4780 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4781
4782The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4783unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4784
4785
4786Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4787
4788The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4789expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4790
4791When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4792allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004793following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4794the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004795
4796The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4797continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4798matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4799halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4800previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4801is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4802 x x a
4803 b x x
4804Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4805after the "\n".
4806
4807
4808External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4809
4810These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4811
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004812 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004813 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4814 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4815 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004816
4817 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4818 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4819 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4820 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4821
4822Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4823sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4824shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4825items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4826referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4827example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4828 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4829
4830As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4831it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004832changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004833first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4834also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004835 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004836
4837Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4838indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4839to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4840Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4841within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4842sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4843the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4844
4845Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4846cannot be referred to.
4847
4848==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048499. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004850
4851:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4852 [add={group-name}..]
4853 [remove={group-name}..]
4854
4855This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4856single name.
4857
4858 contains={group-name}..
4859 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4860 add={group-name}..
4861 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4862 remove={group-name}..
4863 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4864
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004865A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4866nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4867this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004868
4869Example: >
4870 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4871 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4872
4873As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4874retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4875to speak: >
4876 :syntax keyword A aaa
4877 :syntax keyword B bbb
4878 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4879 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4880 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4881
4882This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4883 :syntax keyword A aaa
4884 :syntax keyword B bbb
4885 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4886 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4887 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4888 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4889 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004890<
4891 *E848*
4892The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004893
4894==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100489510. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004896
4897It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4898a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4899two different ways:
4900
4901 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4902 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4903 the |:runtime| command: >
4904
4905 " In cpp.vim:
4906 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4907 :unlet b:current_syntax
4908
4909< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4910 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4911 ":syntax include" command:
4912
4913:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4914
4915 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4916 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4917 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4918 that list. >
4919
4920 " In perl.vim:
4921 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4922 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4923<
4924 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4925 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4926 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4927 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4928 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004929 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4930 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004931
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004932 *E847*
4933The maximum number of includes is 999.
4934
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004935==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100493611. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004937
4938Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4939make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4940redrawing starts.
4941
4942:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4943
4944There are four ways to synchronize:
49451. Always parse from the start of the file.
4946 |:syn-sync-first|
49472. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4948 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4949 |:syn-sync-second|
49503. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4951 |:syn-sync-third|
49524. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4953 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4954
4955 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4956For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4957limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4958
4959If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4960that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4961lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4962
4963If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4964for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4965adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4966slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004967 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004968<
4969 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4970When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4971cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4972start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4973the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4974break use this: >
4975 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4976The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4977change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4978value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4979
4980
4981First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4982>
4983 :syntax sync fromstart
4984
4985The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4986accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4987so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004988when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004989case: to the end of the file).
4990
4991Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4992
4993
4994Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4995
4996For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4997Example: >
4998 :syntax sync ccomment
4999
5000When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5001comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5002used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5003An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5004 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5005This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5006used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5007region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5008
5009The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5010lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5011lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5012lines, but it hard to sync on).
5013
5014Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5015that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5016is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5017chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5018is hardly ever noticed.
5019
5020
5021Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5022
5023For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5024Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5025means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5026Example: >
5027 :syntax sync minlines=50
5028
5029"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5030
5031
5032Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5033
5034The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5035sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5036region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5037starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5038the search continues backwards in the file.
5039
5040This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5041matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5042- Keywords cannot be used.
5043- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5044 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5045- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5046 forwards.
5047- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5048 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5049 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005050 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005051- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5052 group of continued lines).
5053- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5054 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5055 line (or group of continued lines).
5056- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5057 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
5058 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5059 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5060
5061There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
50621. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5063 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5064 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5065 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
50662. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5067 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5068 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5069 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5070Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5071
5072Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5073avoid finding unwanted matches.
5074
5075[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5076search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5077highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5078faster.]
5079
5080 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5081 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5082
5083 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5084 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5085 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5086 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5087 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5088
5089 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5090 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5091
5092 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5093 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5094 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5095 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5096 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5097 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5098 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5099 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5100 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5101 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5102
5103 :syntax sync match ..
5104 :syntax sync region ..
5105
5106 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5107 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5108
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005109 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005110 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5111
5112 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5113 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5114 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5115
5116If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5117searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5118few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5119 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5120
5121You can clear all sync settings with: >
5122 :syntax sync clear
5123
5124You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5125 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5126
5127==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100512812. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005129
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005130This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005131
5132 :sy[ntax] [list]
5133
5134To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5135
5136 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5137
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005138To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005139
5140 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5141
5142See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5143
5144Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5145is mostly used, because it looks better.
5146
5147==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100514813. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005149
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005150In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005151and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5152of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005153
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005154 colorscheme pablo
5155<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005156 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005157:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5158 This is basically the same as >
5159 :echo g:colors_name
5160< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5161 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5162 feature it will output "unknown".
5163
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005164:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005165 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005166 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005167 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5168 "start" and then under "opt".
5169
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005170 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005171 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005172
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005173You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5174appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5175the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5176darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005177
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005178 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5179 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005180<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005181For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5182use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5183the original color scheme: >
5184 runtime colors/evening.vim
5185 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005186
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005187Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5188(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5189autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5190|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5191
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005192 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005193If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5194using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5195color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5196 augroup my_colorschemes
5197 au!
5198 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5199 augroup END
5200
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005201Change a couple more colors: >
5202 augroup my_colorschemes
5203 au!
5204 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005205 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005206 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5207 augroup END
5208
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005209If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5210colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5211 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5212 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5213
5214With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5215different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5216group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5217you can find them here:
5218https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5219
5220For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5221 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5222
5223
5224==============================================================================
522514. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5226
5227There are three types of highlight groups:
5228- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5229 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5230 linked to a group of the second type.
5231- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5232- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5233 *hitest.vim*
5234You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5235 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5236This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5237in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005238
5239:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5240 attributes set.
5241
5242:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5243 List one highlight group.
5244
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005245 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005246:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005247 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005248 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5249 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005250 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005251
5252:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5253:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5254 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5255 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5256
5257:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5258 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005259 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005260 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005261 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005262 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5263 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5264 argument.
5265
5266Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5267default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5268highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5269values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5270the default value.
5271
5272A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5273a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5274
5275 :hi Comment gui=bold
5276
5277Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5278specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5279result is like this single command has been used: >
5280 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5281<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005282 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005283When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5284also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5285 :verbose hi Comment
5286< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005287 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005288
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005289When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5290mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005291
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005292 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5293There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5294term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005295cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005296 termcap entry)
5297gui the GUI
5298
5299For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5300the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5301
53021. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5303
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005304 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005305 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5306 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5307 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005308term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005309 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005310 following items (in any order):
5311 bold
5312 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005313 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005314 underdouble not always available
5315 underdotted not always available
5316 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005317 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005318 reverse
5319 inverse same as reverse
5320 italic
5321 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005322 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005323 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5324
5325 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5326 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005327 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005328 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005329 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005330 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5331 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5332 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5333 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5334 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5335
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005336< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5337 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5338 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5339 have to specify the codes like this: >
5340 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5341 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5342 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5343< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5344 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5345 fallback.
5346
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005347
5348start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5349stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5350 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5351 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5352
5353 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5354 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5355 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5356 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5357 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5358 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5359 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5360
5361 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5362
5363 1. A string with escape sequences.
5364 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5365 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5366 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5367 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5368
5369 2. A list of terminal codes.
5370 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5371 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5372 White space is not allowed. Example:
5373 start=t_C1,t_BL
5374 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5375
5376
53772. highlight arguments for color terminals
5378
5379cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5380 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5381 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5382 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5383 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005384 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5385 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5386 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005387
5388ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5389ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005390ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5391 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5392 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5393
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005394 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5395 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5396 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5397 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5398 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5399 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5400
5401 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5402 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5403 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5404 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5405 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005406 *tmux*
5407 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5408 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005409 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5410 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005411< More info at:
5412 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5413 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005414
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005415 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5416 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5417 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005418 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5419 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5420
5421 *cterm-colors*
5422 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5423 0 0 Black
5424 1 4 DarkBlue
5425 2 2 DarkGreen
5426 3 6 DarkCyan
5427 4 1 DarkRed
5428 5 5 DarkMagenta
5429 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5430 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5431 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5432 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5433 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5434 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5435 12 1* Red, LightRed
5436 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5437 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5438 15 7* White
5439
5440 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5441 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5442 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5443 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5444 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5445 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5446 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5447 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5448 a number instead of a color name.
5449
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005450 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5451 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005452 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005453 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5454 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455
5456 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5457 colors!
5458
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005459 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5460
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005461 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5462 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5463 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5464 Example: >
5465 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5466< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005467 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5468 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5469 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5470 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5471 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005472 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005473 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005474 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005475
5476 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5477 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5478 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5479 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005480 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5481 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5482 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5483 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5484 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005485 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5486< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005487 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005488 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5489
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005490ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5491 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5492 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5493 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5494 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5495 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5496 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5497 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005498
54993. highlight arguments for the GUI
5500
5501gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5502 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5503 See |attr-list| for a description.
5504 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5505 have the same effect.
5506 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5507
5508font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5509 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5510 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5511 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5512<
5513 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5514 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5515 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5516 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005517 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005518 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5519 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5520 changed.
5521 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5522 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5523 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005524 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5525 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5526 Example: >
5527 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005528
5529guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5530guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005531guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5532 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005533 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5534 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005535 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005536 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005537 bg use normal background color
5538 background use normal background color
5539 fg use normal foreground color
5540 foreground use normal foreground color
5541 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5542 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5543 Example: >
5544 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5545<
5546 *gui-colors*
5547 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5548 Red LightRed DarkRed
5549 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5550 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5551 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5552 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5553 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5554 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5555 Black White
5556 Orange Purple Violet
5557
5558 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5559 |win32-colors|.
5560
5561 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5562 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5563 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005564 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005565 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005566 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005567 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005568<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005569 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005570 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5571 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005572
5573 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5574 # override it.
5575 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5576 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5577<
5578 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5579 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5580 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5581 scheme: >
5582
5583 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5584 colorscheme alt
5585<
5586 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5587 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5588 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5589 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5590 by a color scheme using: >
5591
5592 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5593 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5594<
5595
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005596 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5597These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5598'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5599of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5600command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005601When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5602unreadable use Visual selection.
5603
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005604 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005605ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005606 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005607Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5608 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005609 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005610Cursor Character under the cursor.
5611lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5612 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005613 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005614CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005615 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005616CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005617 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005618CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005619 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005620Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005621 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005622DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005623 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005624DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005625 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005626DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005627 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005628DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005629 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005630EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005631 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005632 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005633ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005634 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005635VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005636 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005637Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005638 *hl-FoldColumn*
5639FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5640 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005641SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005642 *hl-IncSearch*
5643IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005644 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005645 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005646LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005647 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005648 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5649LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5650 option is set, above the cursor line.
5651 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5652LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5653 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005654 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005655CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5656 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005657 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5658CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005659 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5660CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005661 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005662MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005663 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005664 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005665MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5666 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005667 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005668ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005669 *hl-MsgArea*
5670MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5671 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005672 *hl-MoreMsg*
5673MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5674 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005675NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5676 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5677 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5678 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5679 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005680 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005681Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005682 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005683Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005684 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005685PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005686 *hl-PmenuKind*
5687PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5688 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5689PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5690 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5691PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5692 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5693PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005694 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005695PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005696 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5697PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005698 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005699PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005700 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005701PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005702 *hl-PopupNotification*
5703PopupNotification
5704 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5705 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005706 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005707Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005708 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5709QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005710 *hl-Search*
5711Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005712 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005713 *hl-CurSearch*
5714CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005715 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5716 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005717 *hl-SpecialKey*
5718SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5719 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005720 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005721 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005722 *hl-SpellBad*
5723SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5724 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005725 *hl-SpellCap*
5726SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5727 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005728 *hl-SpellLocal*
5729SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5730 used in another region. |spell|
5731 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5732 *hl-SpellRare*
5733SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5734 hardly ever used. |spell|
5735 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005736 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005737StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005738 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5739StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005740 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005741 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005742 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005743StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005744 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005745StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5746 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005747 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005748TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005749 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005750TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005751 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005752TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005753 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005754Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005755 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005756Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005757 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005758Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005759 *hl-VisualNOS*
5760VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5761 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5762 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005763WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005764 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005765WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005766
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005767 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005768The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005769statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005770
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005771For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005772scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5773Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5774and guifg.
5775
5776 *hl-Menu*
5777Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5778 Also used for the toolbar.
5779 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5780
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005781 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005782 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5783 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5784 set.
5785
5786 *hl-Scrollbar*
5787Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5788 scrollbars.
5789 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5790
5791 *hl-Tooltip*
5792Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5793 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5794
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005795 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005796 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5797 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5798 set.
5799
5800==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100580115. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005802
5803When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5804can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5805group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5806
5807To set a link:
5808
5809 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5810
5811To remove a link:
5812
5813 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5814
5815Notes: *E414*
5816- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5817 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5818- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5819 removed.
5820- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5821 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5822 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5823 links for groups that already have settings.
5824
5825 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5826The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5827group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5828will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5829
5830Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5831specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5832 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5833If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5834 :highlight link cComment Question
5835Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5836overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5837
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005838To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5839highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5840another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5841"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5842 highlight! default link cComment Question
5843
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005844==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100584516. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005846
5847If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5848command: >
5849 :syntax clear
5850
5851This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5852or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5853in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5854load the syntax file.
5855The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5856loaded after this command.
5857
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005858To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5859 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5860This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5861
5862To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5863 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5864This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5865
5866 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005867If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5868the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5869 :syntax off
5870
5871What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5872 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5873See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5874$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5875
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005876 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5877If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5878defaults back: >
5879
5880 :syntax reset
5881
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005882It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5883affects the highlighting.
5884
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005885This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5886
5887Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5888back to their Vim default.
5889Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5890scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5891
5892What this actually does is: >
5893
5894 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5895 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5896
5897Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5898
5899 *syncolor*
5900If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5901script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5902'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5903the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5904reset" command.
5905
5906For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5907
5908 if &background == "light"
5909 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5910 else
5911 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5912 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005913<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005914 *E679*
5915Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5916'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5917endless loop.
5918
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005919Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5920your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5921depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5922
5923 *syntax_cmd*
5924The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5925syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005926 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005927 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005928 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5929 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5930 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005931 the colors.
5932 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5933 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5934 them.
5935
5936==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100593717. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005938
5939If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5940mappings.
5941
5942 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5943 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5944>
5945 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5946 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5947
5948WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5949memory Vim will consume.
5950
5951Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005952must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5953at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005954
5955Put these lines in your Makefile:
5956
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005957# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005958types: types.vim
5959types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005960 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005961 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5962 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5963
5964And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5965
5966 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005967 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005968 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005969 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005970 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5971
5972==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100597318. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005974
5975Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5976possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5977private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5978with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5979highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5980italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5981
5982To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5983windows on the buffer: >
5984 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005985< *w:current_syntax*
5986This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5987"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5988restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5989"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5990"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005991Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005992
5993Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005994on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005995syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005996same buffer.
5997
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005998A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5999is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6000When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006001
6002==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100600319. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006004
6005Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6006default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6007 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6008 : if has("terminfo")
6009 : set t_Co=8
6010 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6011 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6012 : else
6013 : set t_Co=8
6014 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6015 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6016 : endif
6017 :endif
6018< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6019
6020You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6021e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6022
6023Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6024be wrong.
6025 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6026The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6027But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6028 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6029 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6030<
6031 *colortest.vim*
6032To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006033To use it, execute this command: >
6034 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006035
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006036Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006037output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6038at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6039colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6040
6041 *xfree-xterm*
6042To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006043included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006044at: >
6045 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6046Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6047termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6048supports. >
6049 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6050If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6051(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6052
6053This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6054 :if has("terminfo")
6055 : set t_Co=16
6056 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6057 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6058 :else
6059 : set t_Co=16
6060 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6061 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6062 :endif
6063< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6064
6065Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6066translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6067Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6068
6069For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6070
6071 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6072 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6073
6074Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6075and try if that works.
6076
6077You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6078 XTerm*color0: #000000
6079 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6080 XTerm*color2: #008000
6081 XTerm*color3: #808000
6082 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6083 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6084 XTerm*color6: #008080
6085 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6086 XTerm*color8: #808080
6087 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6088 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6089 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6090 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6091 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6092 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6093 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6094 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6095
6096[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6097cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006098newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006099
6100To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6101Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6102 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6103<
6104 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6105To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6106Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6107these resources:
6108 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6109 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6110 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6111 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6112
6113 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006114These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006115foreground colors: >
6116 :if has("terminfo")
6117 : set t_Co=8
6118 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6119 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6120 :else
6121 : set t_Co=8
6122 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6123 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6124 :endif
6125< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6126
6127 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6128These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6129emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6130bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6131 :set t_Co=16
6132 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6133 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6134<
6135 *TTpro-telnet*
6136These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6137open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6138 set t_Co=16
6139 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6140 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6141Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6142that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6143(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6144
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006145
6146==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100614720. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006148
6149This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6150
6151If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6152faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6153as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6154
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006155Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006156You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6157
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006158To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6159sequence: >
6160 :syntime on
6161 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6162 :syntime report
6163
6164This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6165it took to match them against the text.
6166
6167:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6168 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6169 matching.
6170
6171:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6172
6173:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6174
6175:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6176 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6177 the output.
6178
6179 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6180 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6181 matching this pattern.
6182 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6183 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6184 matched
6185 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6186 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6187 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6188 this is not unique.
6189 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6190
6191Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6192include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6193pattern does NOT match.
6194
6195When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6196all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6197literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6198
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006199"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006200 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006201"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006202
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006203
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006204 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: